[RS6000] PowerPC64 soft-float
[official-gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
blob96f37e0462bc7d8c63769abfded19da5f67a136e
1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
22 /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24 #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
26 #undef HOOK_TYPE
27 #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36 DEFHOOKPOD
37 (open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45 DEFHOOKPOD
46 (byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
55 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
56 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
57 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
58 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
59 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
60 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
61 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
62 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
63 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
64 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
65 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
66 \n\
67 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
68 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
69 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
70 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
71 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
72 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
74 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
75 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
76 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
77 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
78 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
79 DEFHOOK
80 (integer,
81 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
82 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
83 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
84 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
85 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
86 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
87 \n\
88 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
89 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
90 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
91 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
92 NULL. */
93 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
94 default_assemble_integer)
96 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
97 decl. */
98 DEFHOOK
99 (decl_end,
100 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
101 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
102 void, (void),
103 hook_void_void)
105 /* Output code that will globalize a label. */
106 DEFHOOK
107 (globalize_label,
108 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
109 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
110 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
112 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
113 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
114 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
115 default_globalize_label)
117 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
118 DEFHOOK
119 (globalize_decl_name,
120 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
121 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
122 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
124 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
125 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
127 /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
128 DEFHOOK
129 (assemble_undefined_decl,
130 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
131 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
132 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
133 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
134 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
135 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
137 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
138 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
139 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
140 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
141 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
142 DEFHOOK
143 (emit_unwind_label,
144 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
145 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
146 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
147 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
148 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
149 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
150 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
152 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
153 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
154 default_emit_unwind_label)
156 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
157 DEFHOOK
158 (emit_except_table_label,
159 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
160 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
161 to be broken up according to function.\n\
163 The default is that no label is emitted.",
164 void, (FILE *stream),
165 default_emit_except_table_label)
167 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
168 DEFHOOK
169 (emit_except_personality,
170 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
171 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
172 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
173 void, (rtx personality),
174 NULL)
176 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
177 DEFHOOK
178 (unwind_emit,
179 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
180 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
181 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
182 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
183 NULL)
185 DEFHOOKPOD
186 (unwind_emit_before_insn,
187 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
188 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
189 be called afterward.",
190 bool, true)
192 /* Generate an internal label.
193 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
194 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
195 (generate_internal_label,
197 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
198 default_generate_internal_label)
200 /* Output an internal label. */
201 DEFHOOK
202 (internal_label,
203 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
204 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
206 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
207 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
208 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
210 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
211 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
212 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
213 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
214 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
216 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
217 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
218 default_internal_label)
220 /* Output label for the constant. */
221 DEFHOOK
222 (declare_constant_name,
223 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
224 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
225 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
226 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
227 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
228 will be an internal label.\n\
230 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
231 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
233 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
234 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
235 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
237 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
238 DEFHOOK
239 (ttype,
240 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
241 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
242 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
243 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
244 bool, (rtx sym),
245 hook_bool_rtx_false)
247 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
248 associated with the tree decl. */
249 DEFHOOK
250 (assemble_visibility,
251 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
252 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
253 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
254 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
255 default_assemble_visibility)
257 DEFHOOK
258 (print_patchable_function_entry,
259 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
260 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
261 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
262 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
263 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
264 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
265 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
266 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
268 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
269 DEFHOOK
270 (function_prologue,
271 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
272 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
273 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
274 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
275 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
276 code should be output.\n\
278 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
279 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
281 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
282 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
283 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
284 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
285 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
286 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
287 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
289 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
290 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
291 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
292 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
293 registers are used in the function.\n\
295 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
296 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
297 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
298 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
299 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
300 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
301 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
303 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
304 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
305 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
306 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
307 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
308 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
309 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
310 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
311 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
312 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
313 void, (FILE *file),
314 default_function_pro_epilogue)
316 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
317 DEFHOOK
318 (function_end_prologue,
319 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
320 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
321 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
322 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
323 void, (FILE *file),
324 no_asm_to_stream)
326 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
327 DEFHOOK
328 (function_begin_epilogue,
329 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
330 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
331 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
332 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
333 void, (FILE *file),
334 no_asm_to_stream)
336 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
337 DEFHOOK
338 (function_epilogue,
339 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
340 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
341 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
342 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
343 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
344 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
345 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
347 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
348 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
349 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
350 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
352 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
353 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
354 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
355 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
356 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
357 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
359 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
360 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
361 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
362 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
363 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
364 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
366 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
367 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
368 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
369 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
371 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
372 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
373 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
374 number of arguments.\n\
376 @findex pops_args\n\
377 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
378 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
379 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
380 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
381 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
382 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
383 void, (FILE *file),
384 default_function_pro_epilogue)
386 /* Initialize target-specific sections. */
387 DEFHOOK
388 (init_sections,
389 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
390 @file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
391 of its own that you need to create.\n\
393 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
394 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
395 described below.",
396 void, (void),
397 hook_void_void)
399 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
400 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
401 which this section is associated. */
402 DEFHOOK
403 (named_section,
404 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
405 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
406 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
407 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
408 this section is associated.",
409 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
410 default_no_named_section)
412 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
413 declaration, using their numerical value. */
414 DEFHOOK
415 (elf_flags_numeric,
416 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
417 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
418 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
419 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
420 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
421 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
422 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
423 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
424 is emitted.",
425 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
426 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
428 /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
429 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
430 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
431 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
432 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
433 (from static destructors).
434 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
435 DEFHOOK
436 (function_section,
437 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
438 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
439 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
440 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
441 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
442 (from static destructors).\n\
443 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
444 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
445 default_function_section)
447 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
448 DEFHOOK
449 (function_switched_text_sections,
450 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
451 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
452 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
453 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
454 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
455 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
456 default_function_switched_text_sections)
458 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
459 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
460 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
461 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
462 DEFHOOK
463 (reloc_rw_mask,
464 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
465 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
466 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
467 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
469 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
470 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
471 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
472 in read-only sections even in executables.",
473 int, (void),
474 default_reloc_rw_mask)
476 /* Return a flag for either generating ADDR_DIF_VEC table
477 or ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC/-fPIE. */
478 DEFHOOK
479 (generate_pic_addr_diff_vec,
480 "Return true to generate ADDR_DIF_VEC table\n\
481 or false to generate ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC.\n\
483 The default version of this function returns true if flag_pic\n\
484 equals true and false otherwise",
485 bool, (void),
486 default_generate_pic_addr_diff_vec)
488 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
489 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
490 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
491 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
492 DEFHOOK
493 (select_section,
494 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
495 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
496 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
497 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
498 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
499 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
501 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
502 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
504 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
505 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
506 default_select_section)
508 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
509 alignment in bits. */
510 DEFHOOK
511 (select_rtx_section,
512 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
513 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
514 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
515 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
516 in bits.\n\
518 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
519 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
520 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
521 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
522 default_select_rtx_section)
524 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
525 for SELECT_SECTION. */
526 DEFHOOK
527 (unique_section,
528 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
529 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
530 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
531 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
533 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
534 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
535 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
536 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
537 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
538 default_unique_section)
540 /* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */
541 DEFHOOK
542 (function_rodata_section,
543 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
544 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
545 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
546 the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
547 if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
548 otherwise.",
549 section *, (tree decl),
550 default_function_rodata_section)
552 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
553 for mergeable data sections. */
554 DEFHOOKPOD
555 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
556 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
557 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
558 the string if a different section name should be used.",
559 const char *, ".rodata")
561 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
562 DEFHOOK
563 (tm_clone_table_section,
564 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
565 tables.",
566 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
568 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
569 DEFHOOK
570 (constructor,
571 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
572 the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
574 Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
575 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
576 priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
577 otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
579 If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
580 be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
581 target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
582 is not defined.",
583 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
585 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
586 DEFHOOK
587 (destructor,
588 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
589 functions rather than initialization functions.",
590 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
592 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
593 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
594 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
595 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
596 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
597 DEFHOOK
598 (output_mi_thunk,
599 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
600 function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
601 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
602 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
603 the real function.\n\
605 First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
606 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
607 contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
608 in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
609 e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
610 all other incoming arguments.\n\
612 Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
613 made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
614 adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
616 @smallexample\n\
617 p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
618 @end smallexample\n\
620 After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
621 @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
622 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
623 return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
625 The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
626 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
627 of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
628 and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
630 The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
631 have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
632 some targets, but probably not.\n\
634 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
635 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
636 @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
637 not support varargs.",
638 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
639 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
640 NULL)
642 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
643 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
644 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
645 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
646 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
647 text to the output file. */
648 DEFHOOK
649 (can_output_mi_thunk,
650 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
651 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
652 arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
653 generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
654 previously exposed.",
655 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
656 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
657 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
659 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
660 translation unit. */
661 DEFHOOK
662 (file_start,
663 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
664 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
665 by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
666 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
667 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
668 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
669 void, (void),
670 default_file_start)
672 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
673 DEFHOOK
674 (file_end,
675 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
676 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
677 void, (void),
678 hook_void_void)
680 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
681 LTO output stream. */
682 DEFHOOK
683 (lto_start,
684 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
685 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
686 nothing.",
687 void, (void),
688 hook_void_void)
690 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
691 LTO output stream. */
692 DEFHOOK
693 (lto_end,
694 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
695 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
696 nothing.",
697 void, (void),
698 hook_void_void)
700 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
701 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
702 DEFHOOK
703 (code_end,
704 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
705 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
706 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
707 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
708 nothing.",
709 void, (void),
710 hook_void_void)
712 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
713 external. */
714 DEFHOOK
715 (external_libcall,
716 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
717 pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
718 library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
719 void, (rtx symref),
720 default_external_libcall)
722 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
723 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
724 DEFHOOK
725 (mark_decl_preserved,
726 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
727 directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
728 .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
729 void, (const char *symbol),
730 hook_void_constcharptr)
732 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
733 DEFHOOK
734 (record_gcc_switches,
735 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
736 switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
737 enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
738 It can take the following values:\n\
740 @table @gcctabopt\n\
741 @item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
742 @var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
744 @item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
745 @var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\
746 direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
747 default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
748 command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
749 various different individual optimization passes.\n\
751 @item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
752 @var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
753 ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
754 target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\
755 time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
756 warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
757 wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
758 necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
759 perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
760 switches.\n\
762 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
763 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
765 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
766 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
767 @end table\n\
769 The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
770 supported in the future.\n\
772 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
773 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
774 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
775 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
776 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
777 hook.",
778 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
779 NULL)
781 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
782 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
783 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
784 this information. */
785 DEFHOOKPOD
786 (record_gcc_switches_section,
787 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
788 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
789 hook.",
790 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
792 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
793 DEFHOOK
794 (output_anchor,
795 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
796 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
797 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
798 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
800 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
801 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
802 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
803 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
804 void, (rtx x),
805 default_asm_output_anchor)
807 DEFHOOK
808 (output_ident,
809 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
810 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
811 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
812 directive.",
813 void, (const char *name),
814 hook_void_constcharptr)
816 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
817 DEFHOOK
818 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
819 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
820 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
821 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
822 NULL)
824 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
825 DEFHOOK
826 (final_postscan_insn,
827 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
828 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
829 if necessary.\n\
831 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
832 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
833 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
834 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
835 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
836 by checking the contents of the vector.",
837 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
838 NULL)
840 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
841 DEFHOOK
842 (trampoline_template,
843 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
844 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
845 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
846 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
848 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
849 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
850 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
851 to generate it on the spot.",
852 void, (FILE *f),
853 NULL)
855 DEFHOOK
856 (output_source_filename,
857 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\
858 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
860 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
861 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
862 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
863 default_asm_output_source_filename)
865 DEFHOOK
866 (output_addr_const_extra,
867 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
868 can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
869 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
870 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
872 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
873 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
874 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
875 return @code{true}.",
876 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
877 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
879 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
880 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
881 initializers. */
882 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
883 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
885 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
886 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
887 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
888 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
889 (print_operand,
891 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
892 default_print_operand)
894 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
895 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
896 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
897 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
898 (print_operand_address,
900 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
901 default_print_operand_address)
903 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
904 `print_operand' hook. */
905 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
906 not this hook. */
907 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
908 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
910 bool ,(unsigned char code),
911 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
913 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
914 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
915 DEFHOOK
916 (mangle_assembler_name,
917 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
918 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
919 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
920 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
921 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
922 tree, (const char *name),
923 default_mangle_assembler_name)
925 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
927 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
928 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
929 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
930 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
931 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
933 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
934 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
935 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
936 DEFHOOK
937 (adjust_cost,
938 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
939 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
940 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
941 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
942 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
943 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
944 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
945 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
946 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
947 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
948 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
949 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
950 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
951 unsigned int dw),
952 NULL)
954 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
955 DEFHOOK
956 (adjust_priority,
957 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
958 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
959 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
960 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
961 scheduling priorities of insns.",
962 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
964 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
965 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
966 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
967 DEFHOOK
968 (issue_rate,
969 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
970 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
971 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
972 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
973 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
974 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
975 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
976 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
977 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
978 int, (void), NULL)
980 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
981 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
982 DEFHOOK
983 (variable_issue,
984 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
985 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
986 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
987 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
988 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
989 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
990 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
991 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
992 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
993 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
994 was scheduled.",
995 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
997 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
998 DEFHOOK
999 (init,
1000 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1001 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1002 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1003 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1004 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1005 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1006 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1007 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1009 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1010 DEFHOOK
1011 (finish,
1012 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1013 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1014 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1015 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1016 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1017 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1018 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1020 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1021 DEFHOOK
1022 (init_global,
1023 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1024 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1025 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1026 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1027 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1029 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1030 DEFHOOK
1031 (finish_global,
1032 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1033 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1034 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1035 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1037 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1038 places. Default does nothing. */
1039 DEFHOOK
1040 (reorder,
1041 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1042 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1043 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1044 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1045 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1046 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1047 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1048 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1049 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1050 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1051 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1052 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1053 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1054 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1055 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1057 DEFHOOK
1058 (reorder2,
1059 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1060 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1061 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1062 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1063 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1064 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1065 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1066 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1067 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1069 DEFHOOK
1070 (macro_fusion_p,
1071 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1072 bool, (void), NULL)
1074 DEFHOOK
1075 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1076 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1077 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1078 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1079 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1080 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1081 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1082 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1084 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1085 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1086 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1087 DEFHOOK
1088 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1089 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1090 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1091 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1092 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1093 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1094 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1095 calculated.",
1096 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1098 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1099 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1100 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1101 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1102 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1103 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1104 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1105 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1106 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1108 DEFHOOK
1109 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1110 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1111 void, (void), NULL)
1113 DEFHOOK
1114 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1115 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1116 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1117 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1118 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1119 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1120 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1121 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1122 rtx, (void), NULL)
1124 DEFHOOK
1125 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1126 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1127 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1128 void, (void), NULL)
1130 DEFHOOK
1131 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1132 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1133 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1134 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1135 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1137 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1138 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1139 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1140 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1142 DEFHOOK
1143 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1144 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1145 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1146 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1147 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1148 void, (void), NULL)
1150 DEFHOOK
1151 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1152 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1153 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1154 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1155 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1156 void, (void), NULL)
1158 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1159 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1160 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1161 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1162 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1163 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1164 insns on the same cycle. */
1165 DEFHOOK
1166 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1167 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1168 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1169 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1170 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1171 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1172 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1173 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1174 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1175 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1176 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1178 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1179 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1180 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1181 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1182 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1183 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1184 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1185 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1186 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1188 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1189 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1190 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1192 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1193 int, (void), NULL)
1195 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1196 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1197 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1198 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1199 DEFHOOK
1200 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1201 "\n\
1202 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1203 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1204 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1205 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1206 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1207 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1208 number of cycles.\n\
1209 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1210 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1211 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1213 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1214 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1216 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1217 scheduling.
1218 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1219 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1220 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1221 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1222 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1223 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1224 scheduling on current cycle. */
1225 DEFHOOK
1226 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1227 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1228 scheduling.",
1229 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1230 NULL)
1232 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1233 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1234 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1235 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1236 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1237 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1238 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1239 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1240 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1241 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1242 DEFHOOK
1243 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1244 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1245 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1246 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1248 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1249 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1250 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1251 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1252 described in DFA.
1253 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1254 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1255 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1256 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1257 DEFHOOK
1258 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1259 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1260 an instruction.",
1261 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1263 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1264 round of multipass scheduling.
1265 DATA is a pointer.
1266 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1267 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1268 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1269 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1270 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1271 DEFHOOK
1272 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1273 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1274 round of multipass scheduling.",
1275 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1277 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1278 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1279 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1280 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1281 described in DFA. */
1282 DEFHOOK
1283 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1284 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1285 void, (void *data), NULL)
1287 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1288 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1289 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1290 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1291 described in DFA. */
1292 DEFHOOK
1293 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1294 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1295 void, (void *data), NULL)
1297 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1298 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1299 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1300 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1301 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1302 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1303 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1304 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1305 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1306 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1307 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1308 DEFHOOK
1309 (dfa_new_cycle,
1310 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1311 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1312 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1313 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1314 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1315 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1316 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1317 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1318 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1319 and the current processor cycle.",
1320 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1321 int clock, int *sort_p),
1322 NULL)
1324 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1325 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1326 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1327 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1328 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1329 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1330 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1331 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1332 second insn (second parameter). */
1333 DEFHOOK
1334 (is_costly_dependence,
1335 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1336 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1337 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1338 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1339 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1340 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1341 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1342 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1343 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1344 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1346 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1347 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1348 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1349 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1350 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1351 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1352 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1353 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1355 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1356 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1357 that new instructions were emitted. */
1358 DEFHOOK
1359 (h_i_d_extended,
1360 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1361 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1362 per instruction data structures.",
1363 void, (void), NULL)
1365 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1367 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1368 DEFHOOK
1369 (alloc_sched_context,
1370 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1371 void *, (void), NULL)
1373 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1374 DEFHOOK
1375 (init_sched_context,
1376 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1377 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1378 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1379 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1381 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1382 DEFHOOK
1383 (set_sched_context,
1384 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1385 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1387 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1388 DEFHOOK
1389 (clear_sched_context,
1390 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1391 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1393 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1394 DEFHOOK
1395 (free_sched_context,
1396 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1397 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1399 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1400 by the insn scheduler.
1401 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1402 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1403 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1404 It should return
1405 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1406 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1407 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1408 generated one. */
1409 DEFHOOK
1410 (speculate_insn,
1411 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1412 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1413 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1414 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1415 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1416 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1417 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1418 the generated speculative pattern.",
1419 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1421 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1422 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1423 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1424 DEFHOOK
1425 (needs_block_p,
1426 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1427 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1428 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1429 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1431 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1432 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1433 instruction.
1434 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1435 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1436 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1437 is being performed. */
1438 DEFHOOK
1439 (gen_spec_check,
1440 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1441 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1442 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1443 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1444 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1445 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1446 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1447 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1448 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1450 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1451 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1452 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1453 DEFHOOK
1454 (set_sched_flags,
1455 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1456 enabled/used.\n\
1457 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1458 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1459 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1461 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1462 (get_insn_spec_ds,
1463 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1464 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1466 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1467 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1468 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1469 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1471 DEFHOOK
1472 (can_speculate_insn,
1473 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1474 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1475 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1476 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1477 should not be speculated.",
1478 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1480 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1481 (skip_rtx_p,
1482 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1483 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1484 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1486 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1487 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1488 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1489 to ddg variable. */
1490 DEFHOOK
1491 (sms_res_mii,
1492 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1493 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1494 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1495 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1496 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1497 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1498 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1500 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1501 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1502 parameters. */
1503 DEFHOOK
1504 (dispatch_do,
1505 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1506 in its second parameter.",
1507 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1508 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1510 /* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
1511 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1512 as the second parameter is true. */
1513 DEFHOOK
1514 (dispatch,
1515 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1516 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1517 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1518 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1520 DEFHOOKPOD
1521 (exposed_pipeline,
1522 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1523 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1524 also the latencies of operations.",
1525 bool, false)
1527 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1528 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1529 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1530 DEFHOOK
1531 (reassociation_width,
1532 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1533 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1534 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1535 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1537 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1538 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1539 DEFHOOK
1540 (fusion_priority,
1541 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1542 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1543 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1545 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1546 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1547 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1548 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1549 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1550 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1552 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1553 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1554 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1555 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1556 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1557 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1558 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1559 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1560 instructions.\n\
1562 Given below example:\n\
1564 @smallexample\n\
1565 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1566 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1567 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1568 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1569 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1570 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1571 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1572 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1573 @end smallexample\n\
1575 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1576 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1577 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1578 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1579 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1581 @smallexample\n\
1582 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1583 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1584 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1585 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1586 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1587 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1588 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1589 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1590 @end smallexample\n\
1592 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1593 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1594 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1596 @smallexample\n\
1597 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1598 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1599 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1600 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1601 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1602 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1603 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1604 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1605 @end smallexample\n\
1607 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1609 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1610 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1612 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1613 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1614 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1616 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1618 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones. */
1619 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1620 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1621 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1623 DEFHOOK
1624 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1625 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1626 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1627 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1628 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1629 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1630 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1632 DEFHOOK
1633 (adjust,
1634 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1635 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1636 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1638 DEFHOOK
1639 (usable,
1640 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1641 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1642 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1643 to use it.",
1644 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1646 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1648 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1649 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1650 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1651 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1653 DEFHOOK
1654 (vf,
1655 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1656 int, (void), NULL)
1658 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1660 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1661 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1662 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1663 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1665 DEFHOOK
1666 (validate_dims,
1667 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1668 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1669 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1670 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine is is the\n\
1671 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1672 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1673 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1674 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1675 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1676 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1677 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level),
1678 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1680 DEFHOOK
1681 (dim_limit,
1682 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1683 or zero if unbounded.",
1684 int, (int axis),
1685 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1687 DEFHOOK
1688 (fork_join,
1689 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1690 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1691 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1692 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1693 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1694 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1695 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1696 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1697 default_goacc_fork_join)
1699 DEFHOOK
1700 (reduction,
1701 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1702 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1703 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1704 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1705 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1706 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1707 void, (gcall *call),
1708 default_goacc_reduction)
1710 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1712 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1713 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1714 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1715 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1717 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1718 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1719 function. */
1720 DEFHOOK
1721 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1722 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1723 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1724 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1725 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1727 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1728 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1729 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1730 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1731 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1732 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1733 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1734 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1735 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1736 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1737 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1739 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1740 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1741 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1742 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1743 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1744 described above.\n\
1745 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1746 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1747 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1748 tree, (void), NULL)
1750 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1751 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1752 DEFHOOK
1753 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1754 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1755 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1756 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1757 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1758 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1759 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1760 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1762 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1763 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1764 DEFHOOK
1765 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1766 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1767 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1768 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1769 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1770 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1771 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1773 /* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
1774 vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1775 DEFHOOK
1776 (builtin_conversion,
1777 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
1778 input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
1779 The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
1780 specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
1781 (truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
1783 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
1784 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
1785 conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
1786 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
1787 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
1789 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1790 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1791 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1792 DEFHOOK
1793 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1794 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1795 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1796 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1797 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1798 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1800 DEFHOOK
1801 (preferred_vector_alignment,
1802 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1803 vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1804 or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1805 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1806 a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1807 for alignment.\n\
1809 The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1810 correct for most targets.",
1811 poly_uint64, (const_tree type),
1812 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1814 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1815 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1816 DEFHOOK
1817 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1818 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1819 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1820 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1822 DEFHOOK
1823 (vec_perm_const,
1824 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
1825 vectors of mode @var{mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel}, and\n\
1826 also to emit such a permutation. In the former case @var{in0}, @var{in1}\n\
1827 and @var{out} are all null. In the latter case @var{in0} and @var{in1} are\n\
1828 the source vectors and @var{out} is the destination vector; all three are\n\
1829 registers of mode @var{mode}. @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if\n\
1830 @var{sel} describes a permutation on one vector instead of two.\n\
1832 Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1833 if rtxes are provided.\n\
1835 @cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
1836 If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
1837 try the equivalent byte operation. If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
1838 the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
1839 instruction pattern. There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
1840 implementation approaches itself.",
1841 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1,
1842 const vec_perm_indices &sel),
1843 NULL)
1845 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1846 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1847 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1848 DEFHOOK
1849 (support_vector_misalignment,
1850 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1851 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1852 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1853 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1854 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1855 bool,
1856 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1857 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1859 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1860 scalar mode. */
1861 DEFHOOK
1862 (preferred_simd_mode,
1863 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1864 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1865 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1866 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1867 machine_mode,
1868 (scalar_mode mode),
1869 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1871 /* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to. */
1872 DEFHOOK
1873 (split_reduction,
1874 "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\
1875 step on @var{mode} to. The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\
1876 against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\
1877 reached. The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.",
1878 machine_mode,
1879 (machine_mode),
1880 default_split_reduction)
1882 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1883 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1884 DEFHOOK
1885 (autovectorize_vector_sizes,
1886 "If the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is not\n\
1887 the only one that is worth considering, this hook should add all suitable\n\
1888 vector sizes to @var{sizes}, in order of decreasing preference. The first\n\
1889 one should be the size of @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
1891 The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
1892 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
1893 for autovectorization. The default implementation does nothing.",
1894 void,
1895 (vector_sizes *sizes),
1896 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
1898 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1899 DEFHOOK
1900 (get_mask_mode,
1901 "A vector mask is a value that holds one boolean result for every element\n\
1902 in a vector. This hook returns the machine mode that should be used to\n\
1903 represent such a mask when the vector in question is @var{length} bytes\n\
1904 long and contains @var{nunits} elements. The hook returns an empty\n\
1905 @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such mode exists.\n\
1907 The default implementation returns the mode of an integer vector that\n\
1908 is @var{length} bytes long and that contains @var{nunits} elements,\n\
1909 if such a mode exists.",
1910 opt_machine_mode,
1911 (poly_uint64 nunits, poly_uint64 length),
1912 default_get_mask_mode)
1914 /* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the
1915 mask is all zeros. */
1916 DEFHOOK
1917 (empty_mask_is_expensive,
1918 "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\
1919 type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\
1920 all zeros. GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.",
1921 bool,
1922 (unsigned ifn),
1923 default_empty_mask_is_expensive)
1925 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1926 DEFHOOK
1927 (builtin_gather,
1928 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1929 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1930 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1931 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1932 loads.",
1933 tree,
1934 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1935 NULL)
1937 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1938 DEFHOOK
1939 (builtin_scatter,
1940 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1941 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1942 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1943 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
1944 stores.",
1945 tree,
1946 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1947 NULL)
1949 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
1950 DEFHOOK
1951 (init_cost,
1952 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
1953 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
1954 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
1955 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
1956 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
1957 "is being vectorized.",
1958 void *,
1959 (struct loop *loop_info),
1960 default_init_cost)
1962 /* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
1963 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
1964 block. */
1965 DEFHOOK
1966 (add_stmt_cost,
1967 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
1968 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
1969 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
1970 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
1971 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
1972 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
1973 "revised.",
1974 unsigned,
1975 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
1976 struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
1977 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
1978 default_add_stmt_cost)
1980 /* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
1981 loop or block. */
1982 DEFHOOK
1983 (finish_cost,
1984 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
1985 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
1986 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
1987 "the three accumulators.",
1988 void,
1989 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
1990 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
1991 default_finish_cost)
1993 /* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
1994 DEFHOOK
1995 (destroy_cost_data,
1996 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
1997 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
1998 "accumulator.",
1999 void,
2000 (void *data),
2001 default_destroy_cost_data)
2003 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
2005 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
2006 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
2008 DEFHOOK
2009 (preferred_else_value,
2010 "This hook returns the target's preferred final argument for a call\n\
2011 to conditional internal function @var{ifn} (really of type\n\
2012 @code{internal_fn}). @var{type} specifies the return type of the\n\
2013 function and @var{ops} are the operands to the conditional operation,\n\
2014 of which there are @var{nops}.\n\
2016 For example, if @var{ifn} is @code{IFN_COND_ADD}, the hook returns\n\
2017 a value of type @var{type} that should be used when @samp{@var{ops}[0]}\n\
2018 and @samp{@var{ops}[1]} are conditionally added together.\n\
2020 This hook is only relevant if the target supports conditional patterns\n\
2021 like @code{cond_add@var{m}}. The default implementation returns a zero\n\
2022 constant of type @var{type}.",
2023 tree,
2024 (unsigned ifn, tree type, unsigned nops, tree *ops),
2025 default_preferred_else_value)
2027 DEFHOOK
2028 (record_offload_symbol,
2029 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
2030 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
2031 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
2032 void, (tree),
2033 hook_void_tree)
2035 DEFHOOKPOD
2036 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
2037 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2038 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2039 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2040 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2042 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2043 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2044 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
2045 DEFHOOK
2046 (override_options_after_change,
2047 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2048 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2049 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2050 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2051 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2052 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2053 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2054 void, (void),
2055 hook_void_void)
2057 DEFHOOK
2058 (offload_options,
2059 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2060 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2061 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2062 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2063 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2064 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2066 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2067 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2068 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2069 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2070 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2072 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2073 DEFHOOK
2074 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2075 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2076 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2077 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2078 targets.",
2079 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2080 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2082 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2083 DEFHOOK
2084 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2085 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2086 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2087 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2088 targets.",
2089 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2090 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2092 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2093 DEFHOOK
2094 (unwind_word_mode,
2095 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2096 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2097 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2098 default_unwind_word_mode)
2100 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2101 DEFHOOK
2102 (merge_decl_attributes,
2103 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2104 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2105 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2106 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2107 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2108 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2109 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2111 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2112 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2113 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2114 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2115 will then define a function called\n\
2116 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2117 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2118 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2119 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2120 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2121 @file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
2122 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2123 merge_decl_attributes)
2125 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2126 DEFHOOK
2127 (merge_type_attributes,
2128 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2129 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2130 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2131 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2132 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2133 merging.",
2134 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2135 merge_type_attributes)
2137 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2138 Ignored if NULL. */
2139 DEFHOOKPOD
2140 (attribute_table,
2141 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2142 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2143 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2144 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2145 take.",
2146 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2148 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2149 argument. */
2150 DEFHOOK
2151 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2152 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2153 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2154 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2155 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2156 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2157 bool, (const_tree name),
2158 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2160 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2161 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2162 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2163 DEFHOOK
2164 (comp_type_attributes,
2165 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2166 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2167 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2168 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2169 supposed always to be compatible.",
2170 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2171 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2173 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2174 DEFHOOK
2175 (set_default_type_attributes,
2176 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2177 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2178 void, (tree type),
2179 hook_void_tree)
2181 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2182 DEFHOOK
2183 (insert_attributes,
2184 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2185 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2186 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2187 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2188 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2189 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2190 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2191 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2192 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2193 needed.",
2194 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2195 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2197 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2198 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2199 DEFHOOK
2200 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2201 "@cindex inlining\n\
2202 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2203 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2204 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2205 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2206 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2207 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2209 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2210 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2211 DEFHOOK
2212 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2213 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2214 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2215 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2216 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2217 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2218 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2219 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2220 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2221 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2222 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2223 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2225 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2226 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2227 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2228 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2229 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2230 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2231 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2233 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2234 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2235 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2236 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2237 may affect its placement.",
2238 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2239 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2241 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2242 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2243 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2244 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2245 (words_big_endian,
2247 bool, (void),
2248 targhook_words_big_endian)
2250 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2251 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2252 (float_words_big_endian,
2254 bool, (void),
2255 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2257 DEFHOOK
2258 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2259 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2260 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2261 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2262 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2263 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2264 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2265 does not.",
2266 bool, (void),
2267 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2269 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2270 DEFHOOK
2271 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2272 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2273 bool, (void),
2274 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2276 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2277 DEFHOOK
2278 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2279 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2280 bool, (void),
2281 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2283 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2284 DEFHOOK
2285 (align_anon_bitfield,
2286 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2287 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2288 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2289 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2290 bool, (void),
2291 hook_bool_void_false)
2293 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2294 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2295 DEFHOOK
2296 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2297 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2298 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2299 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2301 The default is @code{false}.",
2302 bool, (void),
2303 hook_bool_void_false)
2305 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2306 DEFHOOK
2307 (init_builtins,
2308 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2309 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2310 necessary setup.\n\
2312 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2313 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2314 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2315 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2317 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2318 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2319 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2320 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2321 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2322 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2323 void, (void),
2324 hook_void_void)
2326 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2327 built-in function decl for CODE.
2328 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2329 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2330 DEFHOOK
2331 (builtin_decl,
2332 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2333 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2334 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2335 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2336 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2337 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2338 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2339 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2341 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2342 DEFHOOK
2343 (expand_builtin,
2344 "\n\
2345 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2346 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2347 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2348 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2349 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2350 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2351 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2352 built-in function.",
2353 rtx,
2354 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2355 default_expand_builtin)
2357 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2358 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2359 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2360 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2361 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2362 DEFHOOK
2363 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2364 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2365 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2366 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2367 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2368 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2369 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2370 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2371 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2372 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2373 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2375 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2376 and GENERIC. */
2377 DEFHOOK
2378 (fold_builtin,
2379 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2380 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2381 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2382 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2383 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2384 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2385 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2386 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2387 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2389 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2390 DEFHOOK
2391 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2392 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2393 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2394 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2395 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2396 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2397 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2399 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2400 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2401 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2402 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2403 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2404 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2405 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2406 and 0 if they are the same. */
2407 DEFHOOK
2408 (compare_version_priority,
2409 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2410 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2411 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2412 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2413 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2414 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2415 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2417 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2418 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2419 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2420 must be generated. */
2421 DEFHOOK
2422 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2423 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2424 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2425 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2426 body must be generated.",
2427 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2429 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2430 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2431 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2432 identical versions. */
2433 DEFHOOK
2434 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2435 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2436 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2437 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2438 identical versions.",
2439 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2441 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2442 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2443 DEFHOOK
2444 (builtin_reciprocal,
2445 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2446 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2447 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2448 tree, (tree fndecl),
2449 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2451 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2452 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2453 NULL. */
2454 DEFHOOK
2455 (mangle_type,
2456 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2457 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2458 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2459 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2460 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2461 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2462 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2463 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2464 string constant.\n\
2466 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2467 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2468 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2469 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2470 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2471 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2472 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2473 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2474 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2475 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2476 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2477 spaces in your string.\n\
2479 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2480 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2481 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2482 before mangling.\n\
2484 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2485 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2486 types.",
2487 const char *, (const_tree type),
2488 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2490 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2491 DEFHOOK
2492 (init_libfuncs,
2493 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2494 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2495 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2496 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2497 library routines.\n\
2499 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2500 void, (void),
2501 hook_void_void)
2503 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2504 DEFHOOKPOD
2505 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2506 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2507 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2508 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2509 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2510 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2511 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2512 bool, false)
2514 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2515 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2516 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2517 DEFHOOK
2518 (section_type_flags,
2519 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2520 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2521 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2522 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2524 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2525 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2526 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2527 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2528 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2529 default_section_type_flags)
2531 DEFHOOK
2532 (libc_has_function,
2533 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2534 @var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.",
2535 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2536 default_libc_has_function)
2538 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2539 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2540 DEFHOOK
2541 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2542 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2543 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2544 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2545 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2547 @smallexample\n\
2548 static bool\n\
2549 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2550 @{\n\
2551 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2552 @}\n\
2553 @end smallexample",
2554 bool, (void),
2555 hook_bool_void_false)
2557 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2558 DEFHOOK
2559 (can_follow_jump,
2560 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2561 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2562 false, if it can't.\
2563 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2564 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2565 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2566 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2568 /* Return a register class for which branch target register
2569 optimizations should be applied. */
2570 DEFHOOK
2571 (branch_target_register_class,
2572 "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\
2573 optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be\n\
2574 usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be\n\
2575 re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\
2576 to inter-block scheduling.",
2577 reg_class_t, (void),
2578 default_branch_target_register_class)
2580 /* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include
2581 callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current
2582 function. AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have
2583 already been generated. */
2584 DEFHOOK
2585 (branch_target_register_callee_saved,
2586 "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\
2587 registers\n\
2588 that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\
2589 returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure\n\
2590 that all target registers in the class returned by\n\
2591 @samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\
2592 saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\
2593 epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return\n\
2594 true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\
2595 to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\
2596 to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.",
2597 bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen),
2598 hook_bool_bool_false)
2600 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2601 DEFHOOK
2602 (have_conditional_execution,
2603 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2604 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2605 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2606 bool, (void),
2607 default_have_conditional_execution)
2609 DEFHOOK
2610 (gen_ccmp_first,
2611 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2612 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2613 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2614 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2615 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2616 compares in the the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2617 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2618 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2619 NULL)
2621 DEFHOOK
2622 (gen_ccmp_next,
2623 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2624 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2625 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2626 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2627 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2628 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2629 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2630 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2631 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2632 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2633 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2634 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2635 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2636 NULL)
2638 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2639 DEFHOOK
2640 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2641 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2642 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2643 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2644 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2645 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2646 number of memory accesses.",
2647 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop),
2648 NULL)
2650 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2651 DEFHOOK
2652 (legitimate_constant_p,
2653 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2654 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2655 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2657 The default definition returns true.",
2658 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2659 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2661 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2662 DEFHOOK
2663 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2664 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2665 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2666 of @var{x}.\n\
2668 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2670 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2671 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2672 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2673 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2674 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2675 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2676 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2678 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2679 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2680 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2681 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2683 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2684 DEFHOOK
2685 (commutative_p,
2686 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2687 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2688 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2689 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2690 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2691 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2693 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2694 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2695 DEFHOOK
2696 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2697 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2698 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2699 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2700 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2701 but not others.\n\
2703 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2704 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2705 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2706 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2708 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2710 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2711 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2712 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2714 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2715 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2716 DEFHOOK
2717 (legitimize_address,
2718 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2719 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2720 address.\n\
2722 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2723 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2724 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2725 @var{x}.\n\
2727 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2728 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2729 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2731 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2732 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2733 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2734 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2735 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2736 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2737 strategy can generate better code.",
2738 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2739 default_legitimize_address)
2741 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2742 DEFHOOK
2743 (delegitimize_address,
2744 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2745 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2746 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2747 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2748 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2749 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2750 into their original form.",
2751 rtx, (rtx x),
2752 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2754 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2755 section. */
2756 DEFHOOK
2757 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2758 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2759 debug sections.",
2760 bool, (rtx x),
2761 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
2763 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2764 DEFHOOK
2765 (legitimate_address_p,
2766 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2767 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2769 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2770 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2771 desired by the caller.\n\
2773 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2774 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2775 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2776 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2777 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2778 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2779 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2780 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2782 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2783 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2784 register is required.\n\
2786 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2787 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2788 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2789 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2790 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2792 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2793 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2794 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2795 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2796 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2798 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2799 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2800 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2801 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2802 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2803 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2804 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2805 Format}.\n\
2807 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2808 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2809 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2810 has this syntax:\n\
2812 @example\n\
2813 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2814 @end example\n\
2816 @noindent\n\
2817 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2818 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2820 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2821 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2822 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2823 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2824 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2826 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2827 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2828 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2829 default_legitimate_address_p)
2831 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2832 DEFHOOK
2833 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2834 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2835 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2836 of @var{x}.\n\
2838 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2839 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2840 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2842 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2843 DEFHOOK
2844 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2845 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2846 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2848 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2849 bool, (const_tree decl),
2850 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2852 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2853 DEFHOOKPOD
2854 (min_anchor_offset,
2855 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2856 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2857 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2858 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
2859 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2861 DEFHOOKPOD
2862 (max_anchor_offset,
2863 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2864 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2865 value is 0.",
2866 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2868 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2869 DEFHOOK
2870 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
2871 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2872 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2873 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2875 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2876 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2877 or target-specific sections.",
2878 bool, (const_rtx x),
2879 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2881 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2882 DEFHOOK
2883 (has_ifunc_p,
2884 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2885 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2886 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2887 bool, (void),
2888 default_has_ifunc_p)
2890 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2891 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2892 this is an indirect call. */
2893 DEFHOOK
2894 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
2895 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
2896 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2897 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2899 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2900 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2901 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2902 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern can not fail, or fall over to a\n\
2903 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2904 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
2905 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2906 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2908 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2909 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2910 level, outside of any function scope. */
2911 DEFHOOK
2912 (set_current_function,
2913 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2914 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2915 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2916 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2917 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2918 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2919 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2920 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2921 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
2923 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
2924 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
2925 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
2926 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
2927 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
2928 outside of any function scope.",
2929 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
2931 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
2932 DEFHOOK
2933 (in_small_data_p,
2934 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
2935 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
2936 bool, (const_tree exp),
2937 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2939 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
2940 to the current executable or shared library. */
2941 DEFHOOK
2942 (binds_local_p,
2943 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
2944 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
2945 or executable image).\n\
2947 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
2948 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
2949 currently supported object file formats.",
2950 bool, (const_tree exp),
2951 default_binds_local_p)
2953 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
2954 DEFHOOK
2955 (profile_before_prologue,
2956 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
2957 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
2958 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
2959 bool, (void),
2960 default_profile_before_prologue)
2962 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
2963 enabled. */
2964 DEFHOOK
2965 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
2966 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
2967 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
2968 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
2969 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
2970 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
2971 bool, (void),
2972 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
2974 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
2975 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
2976 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
2977 The default is to return ID without modification. */
2978 DEFHOOK
2979 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
2980 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
2981 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
2982 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
2983 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
2984 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
2985 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
2986 returns the @var{id} provided.",
2987 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
2988 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
2990 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
2991 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
2992 DEFHOOK
2993 (encode_section_info,
2994 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
2995 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
2996 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
2998 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
2999 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3000 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3001 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3002 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3004 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3005 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3006 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3007 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3008 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3009 leave it alone.)\n\
3011 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3012 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3013 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3014 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3015 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3016 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3018 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3019 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3020 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3021 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3022 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3023 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3025 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3026 in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3027 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3028 before overriding it.",
3029 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3030 default_encode_section_info)
3032 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3033 DEFHOOK
3034 (strip_name_encoding,
3035 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3036 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3037 may have added.",
3038 const char *, (const char *name),
3039 default_strip_name_encoding)
3041 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3042 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3043 DEFHOOK
3044 (shift_truncation_mask,
3045 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3046 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3047 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3049 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3050 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3051 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3052 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3053 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3054 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3056 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3057 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3058 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3060 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3061 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3062 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3063 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3064 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3065 by overriding it.",
3066 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3067 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3069 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3070 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3071 the reciprocal. */
3072 DEFHOOK
3073 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3074 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3075 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3076 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3077 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3078 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3079 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3080 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3081 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3083 DEFHOOK
3084 (truly_noop_truncation,
3085 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3086 @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3087 smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3088 @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3089 is correct for most machines.\n\
3091 If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3092 suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3093 mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3094 bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec),
3095 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true)
3097 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3098 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3099 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3100 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3101 necessarily defined at this point. */
3102 DEFHOOK
3103 (mode_rep_extended,
3104 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3105 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3106 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3107 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3108 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3109 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3110 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3111 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3112 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3113 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3115 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3116 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3117 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3118 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3120 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3121 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3122 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3123 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3124 extension.\n\
3126 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3127 @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3128 @code{mode}.",
3129 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3130 default_mode_rep_extended)
3132 DEFHOOK
3133 (setjmp_preserves_nonvolatile_regs_p,
3134 "On some targets, it is assumed that the compiler will spill all pseudos\n\
3135 that are live across a call to @code{setjmp}, while other targets treat\n\
3136 @code{setjmp} calls as normal function calls.\n\
3138 This hook returns false if @code{setjmp} calls do not preserve all\n\
3139 non-volatile registers so that gcc that must spill all pseudos that are\n\
3140 live across @code{setjmp} calls. Define this to return true if the\n\
3141 target does not need to spill all pseudos live across @code{setjmp} calls.\n\
3142 The default implementation conservatively assumes all pseudos must be\n\
3143 spilled across @code{setjmp} calls.",
3144 bool, (void),
3145 hook_bool_void_false)
3147 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3148 DEFHOOK
3149 (valid_pointer_mode,
3150 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3151 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3152 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3153 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3154 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3156 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3157 DEFHOOK
3158 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3159 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3160 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3161 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3162 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3163 a pointer to int.",
3164 bool, (struct ao_ref *ref),
3165 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3167 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3168 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3169 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3170 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3172 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3173 DEFHOOK
3174 (pointer_mode,
3175 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3176 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3177 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3178 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3179 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3181 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3182 DEFHOOK
3183 (address_mode,
3184 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3185 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3186 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3187 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3188 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3190 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3191 in another address space. */
3192 DEFHOOK
3193 (valid_pointer_mode,
3194 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3195 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3196 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3197 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3198 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3199 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3200 target hooks for the given address space.",
3201 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3202 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3204 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3205 space for a given mode. */
3206 DEFHOOK
3207 (legitimate_address_p,
3208 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3209 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3210 parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3211 finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3212 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3213 explicit named address space support.",
3214 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3215 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3217 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3218 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3219 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3220 DEFHOOK
3221 (legitimize_address,
3222 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3223 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3224 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3225 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3226 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3227 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3229 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3230 DEFHOOK
3231 (subset_p,
3232 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3233 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3234 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3235 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3236 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3237 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3238 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3239 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3241 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3242 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3243 DEFHOOK
3244 (zero_address_valid,
3245 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3246 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3247 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3248 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3250 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3251 DEFHOOK
3252 (convert,
3253 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3254 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3255 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3256 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3257 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3258 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3259 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3260 default_addr_space_convert)
3262 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3263 DEFHOOK
3264 (debug,
3265 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3266 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3267 int, (addr_space_t as),
3268 default_addr_space_debug)
3270 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3271 DEFHOOK
3272 (diagnose_usage,
3273 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3274 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3275 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3276 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3277 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3278 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3279 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3280 The default implementation does nothing.",
3281 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3282 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3284 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3286 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3287 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3289 DEFHOOK
3290 (static_rtx_alignment,
3291 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3292 statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\
3293 is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\
3294 @samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3295 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3296 default_static_rtx_alignment)
3298 DEFHOOK
3299 (constant_alignment,
3300 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3301 placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3302 is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3304 The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3306 The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3307 constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3308 constants can be done inline. The function\n\
3309 @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3310 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3311 default_constant_alignment)
3313 DEFHOOK
3314 (translate_mode_attribute,
3315 "Define this hook if during mode attribute processing, the port should\n\
3316 translate machine_mode @var{mode} to another mode. For example, rs6000's\n\
3317 @code{KFmode}, when it is the same as @code{TFmode}.\n\
3319 The default version of the hook returns that mode that was passed in.",
3320 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
3321 default_translate_mode_attribute)
3323 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3324 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3325 the arithmetic is supported. */
3326 DEFHOOK
3327 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3328 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3329 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3330 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3331 must work.\n\
3333 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3334 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3335 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3336 code in @file{optabs.c}.",
3337 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3338 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3340 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3341 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3342 for further details. */
3343 DEFHOOK
3344 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3345 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3346 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3347 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3348 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3349 hook_bool_mode_false)
3351 DEFHOOK
3352 (vector_alignment,
3353 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3354 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3355 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3356 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3357 the vector element type.",
3358 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3359 default_vector_alignment)
3361 DEFHOOK
3362 (array_mode,
3363 "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\
3364 @var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\
3365 Return no mode if the target has no special requirements. In the\n\
3366 latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\
3367 if available and uses BLKmode otherwise. Usually the search for the\n\
3368 integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\
3369 @code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\
3370 used in specific cases.\n\
3372 The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\
3373 also have a vector mode. The default implementation returns no mode.",
3374 opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3375 hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none)
3377 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3378 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3379 DEFHOOK
3380 (array_mode_supported_p,
3381 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3382 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3383 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3384 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3386 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3387 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3388 has operations like:\n\
3390 @smallexample\n\
3391 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3392 @end smallexample\n\
3394 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3396 @smallexample\n\
3397 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3398 @{\n\
3399 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3400 @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3401 @end smallexample\n\
3403 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3404 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3405 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3406 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3407 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3409 DEFHOOK
3410 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3411 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3412 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3413 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3414 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3415 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3416 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3417 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3419 DEFHOOK
3420 (floatn_mode,
3421 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3422 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3423 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3424 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3425 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3426 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3427 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3428 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3429 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3430 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3431 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3432 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3433 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3434 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3435 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3436 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3437 default_floatn_mode)
3439 DEFHOOK
3440 (floatn_builtin_p,
3441 "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
3442 @code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
3443 built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
3444 normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix. The default is\n\
3445 to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
3446 the GNU C langauge. In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
3447 the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled. The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
3448 @code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
3449 bool, (int func),
3450 default_floatn_builtin_p)
3452 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3453 TO, using MODE. */
3454 DEFHOOK
3455 (register_move_cost,
3456 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3457 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3458 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3459 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3460 that.\n\
3462 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3463 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3464 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3466 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3467 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3468 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3469 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3470 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3471 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3473 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3474 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3475 default_register_move_cost)
3477 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3478 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3479 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3480 DEFHOOK
3481 (memory_move_cost,
3482 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3483 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3484 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3485 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3486 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3487 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3489 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3490 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3491 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3492 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3493 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3494 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3496 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3497 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3498 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3499 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3500 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3501 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3502 are the same as to this target hook.",
3503 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3504 default_memory_move_cost)
3506 DEFHOOK
3507 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3508 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3509 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3510 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3511 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3512 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3513 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3514 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3516 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3517 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3518 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3519 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3520 units.\n\
3522 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3523 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3524 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3525 under consideration.\n\
3527 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3528 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3530 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3531 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3532 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\
3533 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3534 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3535 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3537 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3538 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3539 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3540 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3541 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3542 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3544 DEFHOOK
3545 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3546 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3547 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3548 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3549 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3550 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3551 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3552 negative number from this hook.",
3553 int, (machine_mode mode),
3554 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3556 DEFHOOK
3557 (slow_unaligned_access,
3558 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3559 @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3560 than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3561 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e.@: when\n\
3562 @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3564 When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3565 @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3566 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3567 Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3568 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3570 The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3571 The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3572 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3573 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3575 DEFHOOK
3576 (optab_supported_p,
3577 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3578 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3579 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3580 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3581 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3583 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3584 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3585 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3587 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3588 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3589 optimization_type opt_type),
3590 default_optab_supported_p)
3592 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3593 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3594 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3595 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3596 DEFHOOK
3597 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3598 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3599 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3600 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3601 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3602 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3603 for any mode.\n\
3605 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3606 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3607 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3608 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3609 insn.\n\
3611 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3612 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3613 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3614 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3615 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3616 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3617 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3618 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3619 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3621 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3622 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3623 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3624 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3625 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3626 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3627 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3628 hook_bool_mode_false)
3630 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3631 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3632 DEFHOOKPOD
3633 (flags_regnum,
3634 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
3635 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
3636 appropriately.",
3637 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3639 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3640 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3641 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3642 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3643 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3644 DEFHOOK
3645 (rtx_costs,
3646 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3648 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3649 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3650 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3651 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3652 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3653 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3654 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3656 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3657 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3659 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3660 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3661 instructions.\n\
3663 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3664 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3665 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3666 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3667 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3669 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3670 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3671 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3673 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3674 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3675 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3676 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3678 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3679 invalid addresses. */
3680 DEFHOOK
3681 (address_cost,
3682 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3683 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3684 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3686 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3687 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3688 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3689 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3691 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3692 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3693 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3695 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3696 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3697 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3698 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3699 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3700 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3701 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3702 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3704 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3706 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3707 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3708 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3709 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3710 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3711 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3712 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3713 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3714 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3715 default_address_cost)
3717 /* Compute a cost for INSN. */
3718 DEFHOOK
3719 (insn_cost,
3720 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3722 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3723 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3724 instructions.\n\
3726 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3727 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3728 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3729 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3731 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3732 well defined units. */
3733 DEFHOOK
3734 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3735 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3736 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3737 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3738 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3739 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3740 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3741 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3742 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3743 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3745 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3746 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3747 were true.\n\
3749 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3750 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3751 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3752 unsigned int, (edge e),
3753 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3755 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3756 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3757 DEFHOOK
3758 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3759 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3760 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3761 @code{if_info}.",
3762 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3763 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3765 DEFHOOK
3766 (estimated_poly_value,
3767 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\
3768 things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies. The default\n\
3769 implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.",
3770 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val),
3771 default_estimated_poly_value)
3773 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3774 scheduling. */
3775 DEFHOOK
3776 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3777 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3778 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3779 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3780 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3781 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3782 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3783 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3784 hook_bool_void_false)
3786 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3787 DEFHOOK
3788 (allocate_initial_value,
3789 "\n\
3790 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3791 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3792 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3793 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3794 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3795 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3796 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3797 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3798 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3799 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3800 @code{MEM}.\n\
3801 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3802 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3803 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3804 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3805 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3806 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3807 allocation.",
3808 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3810 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3811 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3812 DEFHOOK
3813 (unspec_may_trap_p,
3814 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3815 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3816 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3817 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3818 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3819 passed along.",
3820 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3821 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3823 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3824 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3825 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3826 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3827 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3828 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3829 DEFHOOK
3830 (dwarf_register_span,
3831 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3832 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3833 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3834 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3835 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3836 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
3837 rtx, (rtx reg),
3838 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3840 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3841 register. */
3842 DEFHOOK
3843 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3844 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3845 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3846 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3847 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
3848 machine_mode, (int regno),
3849 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3851 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3852 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3853 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3854 code, given the address of the table. */
3855 DEFHOOK
3856 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
3857 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3858 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3859 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3860 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3861 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3862 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
3863 void, (tree address),
3864 hook_void_tree)
3866 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3867 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3868 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3869 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3870 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3871 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3872 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3873 DEFHOOK
3874 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
3875 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3876 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3877 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3878 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3879 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3880 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3881 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3882 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3883 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3884 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3886 The default version of this hook returns false.",
3887 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3888 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3890 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3891 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3892 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3893 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3894 VOIDmode. */
3895 DEFHOOK
3896 (cc_modes_compatible,
3897 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3898 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3899 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
3900 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3901 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
3902 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3904 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3905 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
3906 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
3907 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
3908 default_cc_modes_compatible)
3910 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
3911 delayed-branch scheduling. */
3912 DEFHOOK
3913 (machine_dependent_reorg,
3914 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
3915 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
3916 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
3918 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
3919 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
3920 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
3921 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
3923 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
3924 definition is null.",
3925 void, (void), NULL)
3927 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
3928 DEFHOOK
3929 (build_builtin_va_list,
3930 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
3931 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
3932 tree, (void),
3933 std_build_builtin_va_list)
3935 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
3936 DEFHOOK
3937 (enum_va_list_p,
3938 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
3939 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
3940 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
3941 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
3942 variable.\n\
3943 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
3944 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
3945 internal type.\n\
3946 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
3947 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
3948 macro to iterate through all types.",
3949 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
3950 NULL)
3952 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
3953 DEFHOOK
3954 (fn_abi_va_list,
3955 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
3956 @var{fndecl}.\n\
3957 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
3958 tree, (tree fndecl),
3959 std_fn_abi_va_list)
3961 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
3962 DEFHOOK
3963 (canonical_va_list_type,
3964 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
3965 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
3966 @code{NULL_TREE}.",
3967 tree, (tree type),
3968 std_canonical_va_list_type)
3970 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3971 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3972 (expand_builtin_va_start,
3973 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
3974 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
3976 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
3977 DEFHOOK
3978 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
3979 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
3980 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
3981 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
3982 @code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
3983 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
3984 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
3986 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
3987 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
3988 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
3989 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
3990 or an error message if not. */
3991 DEFHOOK
3992 (get_pch_validity,
3993 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
3994 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
3995 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
3996 void *, (size_t *sz),
3997 default_get_pch_validity)
3999 DEFHOOK
4000 (pch_valid_p,
4001 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
4002 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
4003 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
4004 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
4006 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4007 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4008 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4009 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4011 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4012 suitable for most targets.",
4013 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4014 default_pch_valid_p)
4016 DEFHOOK
4017 (prepare_pch_save,
4018 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
4019 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4020 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
4021 to do anything here.",
4022 void, (void),
4023 hook_void_void)
4025 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4026 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
4027 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4028 DEFHOOK
4029 (check_pch_target_flags,
4030 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4031 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4032 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4033 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
4034 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
4035 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4037 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4038 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4039 that type. */
4040 DEFHOOK
4041 (default_short_enums,
4042 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4043 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4044 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
4045 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4047 The default is to return false.",
4048 bool, (void),
4049 hook_bool_void_false)
4051 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4052 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4053 DEFHOOK
4054 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4055 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4056 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4057 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4058 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4059 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4060 rtx, (void),
4061 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4063 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4064 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4065 DEFHOOK
4066 (md_asm_adjust,
4067 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4068 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4069 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4070 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
4072 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
4073 as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
4074 a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
4075 rtx_insn *,
4076 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
4077 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
4078 NULL)
4080 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4081 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4082 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4083 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4084 the function is being declared as an int. */
4085 DEFHOOK
4086 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4087 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4088 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4089 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4090 int, (const_tree function),
4091 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4093 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4094 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4095 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4096 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4098 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4099 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4100 DEFHOOK
4101 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4102 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4103 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4104 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4105 @smallexample\n\
4106 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4107 @end smallexample\n\
4108 and\n\
4109 @smallexample\n\
4110 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4111 @end smallexample\n\
4112 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4113 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4114 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4115 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4117 DEFHOOK
4118 (dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
4119 "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\
4120 expression, with @var{i} counting from 1. Return the number of a DWARF\n\
4121 register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\
4122 that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\
4123 @smallexample\n\
4124 value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\
4125 @end smallexample\n\
4127 A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\
4128 @samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.",
4129 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
4130 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
4132 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4133 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4134 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4135 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4136 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4137 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4138 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4140 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4141 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4142 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4143 DEFHOOK
4144 (stack_protect_guard,
4145 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4146 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4147 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4148 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4149 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4151 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4152 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4153 tree, (void),
4154 default_stack_protect_guard)
4156 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4157 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4158 DEFHOOK
4159 (stack_protect_fail,
4160 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4161 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4162 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4164 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4165 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4166 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4167 tree, (void),
4168 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4170 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4171 protector runtime support. */
4172 DEFHOOK
4173 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4174 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\
4175 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4176 bool, (void),
4177 hook_bool_void_true)
4179 DEFHOOK
4180 (have_speculation_safe_value,
4181 "This hook is used to determine the level of target support for\n\
4182 @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}. If called with an argument\n\
4183 of false, it returns true if the target has been modified to support\n\
4184 this builtin. If called with an argument of true, it returns true\n\
4185 if the target requires active mitigation execution might be speculative.\n\
4187 The default implementation returns false if the target does not define\n\
4188 a pattern named @code{speculation_barrier}. Else it returns true\n\
4189 for the first case and whether the pattern is enabled for the current\n\
4190 compilation for the second case.\n\
4192 For targets that have no processors that can execute instructions\n\
4193 speculatively an alternative implemenation of this hook is available:\n\
4194 simply redefine this hook to @code{speculation_safe_value_not_needed}\n\
4195 along with your other target hooks.",
4196 bool, (bool active), default_have_speculation_safe_value)
4198 DEFHOOK
4199 (speculation_safe_value,
4200 "This target hook can be used to generate a target-specific code\n\
4201 sequence that implements the @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}\n\
4202 built-in function. The function must always return @var{val} in\n\
4203 @var{result} in mode @var{mode} when the cpu is not executing\n\
4204 speculatively, but must never return that when speculating until it\n\
4205 is known that the speculation will not be unwound. The hook supports\n\
4206 two primary mechanisms for implementing the requirements. The first\n\
4207 is to emit a speculation barrier which forces the processor to wait\n\
4208 until all prior speculative operations have been resolved; the second\n\
4209 is to use a target-specific mechanism that can track the speculation\n\
4210 state and to return @var{failval} if it can determine that\n\
4211 speculation must be unwound at a later time.\n\
4213 The default implementation simply copies @var{val} to @var{result} and\n\
4214 emits a @code{speculation_barrier} instruction if that is defined.",
4215 rtx, (machine_mode mode, rtx result, rtx val, rtx failval),
4216 default_speculation_safe_value)
4219 DEFHOOK
4220 (can_use_doloop_p,
4221 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4222 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4223 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4224 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4225 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4226 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4227 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4229 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4230 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4231 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4232 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4233 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4234 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4236 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4237 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4238 DEFHOOK
4239 (invalid_within_doloop,
4240 "\n\
4241 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4242 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4243 could not be applied.\n\
4245 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4246 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4247 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4248 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4249 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4250 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4251 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4253 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4254 DEFHOOK
4255 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4256 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4257 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
4258 default is to accept all instructions.",
4259 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4260 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4262 DEFHOOK
4263 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4264 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4265 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4266 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4267 bool, (const_tree decl),
4268 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4270 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4271 value. */
4272 DEFHOOKPOD
4273 (const_anchor,
4274 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4275 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4276 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4277 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4278 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4279 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4280 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4281 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4282 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4283 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4284 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4285 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4286 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4287 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4288 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4289 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4291 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4292 DEFHOOK
4293 (memmodel_check,
4294 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4295 memory model bits are allowed.",
4296 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4298 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4299 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4300 supported by the target. */
4301 DEFHOOK
4302 (asan_shadow_offset,
4303 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4304 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4305 supported by the target.",
4306 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4307 NULL)
4309 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4310 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4311 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4313 DEFHOOK
4314 (promote_function_mode,
4315 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4316 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4317 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4318 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4319 pointer} types.\n\
4321 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4322 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4323 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4324 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4325 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4326 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4327 the signedness may be different.\n\
4329 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4331 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4332 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4333 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4334 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4335 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4336 default_promote_function_mode)
4338 DEFHOOK
4339 (promote_prototypes,
4340 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4341 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4342 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4343 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4344 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4345 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4346 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4348 DEFHOOK
4349 (struct_value_rtx,
4350 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4351 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4352 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4353 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4354 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4355 argument.\n\
4357 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4358 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4359 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4360 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4361 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4362 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4363 the caller.\n\
4365 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4366 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4367 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4368 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4369 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4370 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4371 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4373 DEFHOOKPOD
4374 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4375 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4376 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4377 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4378 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4379 undesirable on your target.",
4380 bool, false)
4382 DEFHOOK
4383 (return_in_memory,
4384 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4385 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4386 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4387 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4388 libcalls.\n\
4390 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4391 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4392 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4393 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4394 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4395 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4397 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4398 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4399 to indicate this.",
4400 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4401 default_return_in_memory)
4403 DEFHOOK
4404 (return_in_msb,
4405 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4406 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4407 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4408 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4410 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4411 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4412 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4413 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4414 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4415 bool, (const_tree type),
4416 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4418 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4419 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4420 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4421 DEFHOOK
4422 (pass_by_reference,
4423 "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\
4424 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4425 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4426 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\
4428 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4429 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4430 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4431 to that type.",
4432 bool,
4433 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4434 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4436 DEFHOOK
4437 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4438 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4439 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4440 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4441 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4442 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4443 rtx, (void),
4444 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4446 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4447 DEFHOOK
4448 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4449 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4450 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4451 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4452 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4453 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4454 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4455 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4457 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4458 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4459 named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\
4460 last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\
4462 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4463 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4464 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4465 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4466 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4467 frame.\n\
4469 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4470 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4471 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4472 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4473 for all data types.\n\
4475 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4476 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4477 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4478 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4479 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4480 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4481 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4482 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4484 DEFHOOK
4485 (load_bounds_for_arg,
4486 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4487 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4488 bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4489 memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4490 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4491 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4492 should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4493 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4494 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4496 DEFHOOK
4497 (store_bounds_for_arg,
4498 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4499 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4500 @var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4501 memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4502 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4503 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4504 should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4505 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4506 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4508 DEFHOOK
4509 (load_returned_bounds,
4510 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4511 returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4512 loaded bounds.",
4513 rtx, (rtx slot),
4514 default_load_returned_bounds)
4516 DEFHOOK
4517 (store_returned_bounds,
4518 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4519 returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4520 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4521 default_store_returned_bounds)
4523 DEFHOOK
4524 (setup_incoming_vararg_bounds,
4525 "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\
4526 into the stack. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4527 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.",
4528 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4529 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4530 default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds)
4532 DEFHOOK
4533 (call_args,
4534 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4535 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4536 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4537 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4538 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4539 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4540 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4541 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4542 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4543 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4544 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4545 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4546 void, (rtx, tree),
4547 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4549 DEFHOOK
4550 (end_call_args,
4551 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4552 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4553 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4554 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4555 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4556 void, (void),
4557 hook_void_void)
4559 DEFHOOK
4560 (strict_argument_naming,
4561 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4562 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4564 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4565 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4566 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4567 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4568 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4569 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4570 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4572 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4573 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4574 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4576 /* Returns true if we should use
4577 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4578 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4579 DEFHOOK
4580 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4581 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4582 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4583 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4584 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4585 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4586 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4587 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4588 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4590 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4591 should be passed as two scalars. */
4592 DEFHOOK
4593 (split_complex_arg,
4594 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4595 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4596 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4597 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4598 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4599 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4600 point register.\n\
4602 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4603 false.",
4604 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4606 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4607 but must be passed on the stack. */
4608 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4609 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4610 DEFHOOK
4611 (must_pass_in_stack,
4612 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\
4613 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4614 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4615 documentation.",
4616 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4617 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4619 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4620 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4621 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4622 DEFHOOK
4623 (callee_copies,
4624 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4625 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4626 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4627 by the caller.\n\
4629 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4630 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4631 not be generated.\n\
4633 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4634 bool,
4635 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4636 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4638 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4639 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4640 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4641 DEFHOOK
4642 (arg_partial_bytes,
4643 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4644 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4645 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4646 pushed on the stack.\n\
4648 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4649 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4650 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4651 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4652 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4653 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4654 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4656 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4657 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4658 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4659 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named),
4660 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0)
4662 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4663 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4664 argument. */
4665 DEFHOOK
4666 (function_arg_advance,
4667 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4668 advance past an argument in the argument list. The values @var{mode},\n\
4669 @var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. Once this is done,\n\
4670 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4671 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4673 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4674 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4675 used for arguments without any special help.",
4676 void,
4677 (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4678 default_function_arg_advance)
4680 DEFHOOK
4681 (function_arg_offset,
4682 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4683 argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4684 This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4685 arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4686 instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.",
4687 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4688 default_function_arg_offset)
4690 DEFHOOK
4691 (function_arg_padding,
4692 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4693 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4694 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4695 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4697 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4698 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4699 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4701 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4702 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4703 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4704 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4705 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4706 default_function_arg_padding)
4708 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4709 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4710 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4711 argument. */
4712 DEFHOOK
4713 (function_arg,
4714 "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\
4715 register and if so, which register.\n\
4717 The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\
4718 arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\
4719 the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\
4720 (which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\
4721 which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\
4722 nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\
4723 function's prototype. @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\
4724 syntax error has previously occurred.\n\
4726 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4727 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4728 on the stack.\n\
4730 The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4731 passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4732 should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4733 @code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4734 for more information.\n\
4736 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4737 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4738 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4739 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4740 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4741 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4742 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4743 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4744 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4745 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4746 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4747 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4748 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4750 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4751 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4752 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4754 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4755 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4756 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4757 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4758 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4759 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4761 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4762 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4763 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4764 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4765 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4766 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4767 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4768 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4769 a register.",
4770 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4771 bool named),
4772 default_function_arg)
4774 DEFHOOK
4775 (function_incoming_arg,
4776 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4777 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4778 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4779 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
4781 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4782 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4783 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4784 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4785 arrive.\n\
4787 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4788 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4789 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4791 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4792 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
4793 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4794 bool named),
4795 default_function_incoming_arg)
4797 DEFHOOK
4798 (function_arg_boundary,
4799 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4800 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4801 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
4802 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4803 default_function_arg_boundary)
4805 DEFHOOK
4806 (function_arg_round_boundary,
4807 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4808 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4809 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4810 value.",
4811 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4812 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4814 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4815 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4816 DEFHOOK
4817 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
4818 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4819 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4820 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
4821 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4822 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4824 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4825 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4826 DEFHOOK
4827 (function_value,
4828 "\n\
4829 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4830 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4831 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4832 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4833 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4834 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4835 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4836 a function returns a value.\n\
4838 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4839 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4840 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4841 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4842 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4843 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4844 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4845 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4846 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4847 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4848 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4849 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4851 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4852 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4853 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4855 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4856 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4857 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4858 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4859 known.\n\
4861 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4862 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4863 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4864 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4866 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4867 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4868 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
4869 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4870 default_function_value)
4872 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4873 calling the function FN_NAME. */
4874 DEFHOOK
4875 (libcall_value,
4876 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4877 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4879 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4880 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
4881 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4883 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
4884 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
4885 default_libcall_value)
4887 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
4888 a function value as seen by the caller. */
4889 DEFHOOK
4890 (function_value_regno_p,
4891 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
4892 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
4894 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
4895 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
4896 recognized by this target hook.\n\
4898 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
4899 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
4900 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
4902 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
4903 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
4904 default_function_value_regno_p)
4906 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4907 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4908 (internal_arg_pointer,
4909 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
4910 current function.",
4911 rtx, (void),
4912 default_internal_arg_pointer)
4914 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
4915 DEFHOOK
4916 (update_stack_boundary,
4917 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
4918 necessary.",
4919 void, (void), NULL)
4921 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
4922 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
4923 DEFHOOK
4924 (get_drap_rtx,
4925 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
4926 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
4927 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
4928 is needed.",
4929 rtx, (void), NULL)
4931 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
4932 stack. */
4933 DEFHOOK
4934 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
4935 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
4936 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
4937 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
4938 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
4939 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
4940 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
4941 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
4942 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
4943 bool, (void),
4944 hook_bool_void_true)
4946 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
4947 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
4948 DEFHOOK
4949 (static_chain,
4950 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
4951 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
4952 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
4953 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
4954 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
4956 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
4958 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
4959 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
4960 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
4961 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
4962 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
4963 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
4964 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
4965 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
4966 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
4967 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
4968 to refer to those items.",
4969 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
4970 default_static_chain)
4972 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
4973 static chain value of CHAIN. */
4974 DEFHOOK
4975 (trampoline_init,
4976 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
4977 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
4978 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
4979 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
4980 when it is called.\n\
4982 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
4983 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
4984 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
4985 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
4986 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
4987 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
4989 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
4990 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
4991 initializing the trampoline proper.",
4992 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
4993 default_trampoline_init)
4995 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
4996 DEFHOOK
4997 (trampoline_adjust_address,
4998 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
4999 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
5000 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
5001 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
5002 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
5003 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
5004 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
5005 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
5007 DEFHOOKPOD
5008 (custom_function_descriptors,
5009 "If the target can use GCC's generic descriptor mechanism for nested\n\
5010 functions, define this hook to a power of 2 representing an unused bit\n\
5011 in function pointers which can be used to differentiate descriptors at\n\
5012 run time. This value gives the number of bytes by which descriptor\n\
5013 pointers are misaligned compared to function pointers. For example, on\n\
5014 targets that require functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary, a\n\
5015 value of either 1 or 2 is appropriate unless the architecture already\n\
5016 reserves the bit for another purpose, such as on ARM.\n\
5018 Define this hook to 0 if the target implements ABI support for\n\
5019 function descriptors in its standard calling sequence, like for example\n\
5020 HPPA or IA-64.\n\
5022 Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
5023 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
5024 it to be made executable.",\
5025 int, -1)
5027 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
5028 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
5029 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
5030 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
5031 DEFHOOK
5032 (return_pops_args,
5033 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
5034 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
5035 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
5037 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
5038 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5039 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
5040 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
5042 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
5043 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5044 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
5045 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
5046 arguments (if known).\n\
5048 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
5049 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
5050 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
5051 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
5052 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
5053 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5055 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5056 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5057 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5059 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5060 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5061 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5062 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
5063 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5064 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5065 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
5066 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5067 number of arguments.",
5068 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
5069 default_return_pops_args)
5071 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5072 returned. */
5073 DEFHOOK
5074 (get_raw_result_mode,
5075 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
5076 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
5077 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5078 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5079 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5081 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5082 passed. */
5083 DEFHOOK
5084 (get_raw_arg_mode,
5085 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
5086 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
5087 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5088 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5089 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5091 /* Return true if a type is an empty record. */
5092 DEFHOOK
5093 (empty_record_p,
5094 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record. The default\n\
5095 is to return @code{false}.",
5096 bool, (const_tree type),
5097 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
5099 /* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI. */
5100 DEFHOOK
5101 (warn_parameter_passing_abi,
5102 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\
5103 ABI.",
5104 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
5105 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
5107 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5109 DEFHOOK
5110 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5111 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5112 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5113 bool, (void),
5114 hook_bool_void_false)
5116 DEFHOOK
5117 (init_pic_reg,
5118 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5119 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5120 void, (void),
5121 hook_void_void)
5123 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5124 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5125 DEFHOOK
5126 (invalid_conversion,
5127 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5128 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5129 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5130 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5131 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5133 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5134 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5135 DEFHOOK
5136 (invalid_unary_op,
5137 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5138 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5139 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5140 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5141 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5142 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5144 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5145 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5146 DEFHOOK
5147 (invalid_binary_op,
5148 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5149 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5150 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5151 the front end.",
5152 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5153 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5155 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5156 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5157 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5158 DEFHOOK
5159 (promoted_type,
5160 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5161 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5162 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5163 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5164 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5165 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5166 tree, (const_tree type),
5167 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5169 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5170 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5171 the standard conversion rules. */
5172 DEFHOOK
5173 (convert_to_type,
5174 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5175 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5176 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5177 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5178 conversion rules.\n\
5179 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5180 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5181 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5183 DEFHOOK
5184 (can_change_mode_class,
5185 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5186 registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5187 and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5188 The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5189 both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\
5191 As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5192 floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5193 to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
5194 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5195 for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5196 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5198 @smallexample\n\
5199 (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5200 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5201 @end smallexample\n\
5203 Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5204 if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5205 than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5206 mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5207 or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5208 eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5209 Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5210 entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5211 value that the middle-end intended.",
5212 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5213 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5215 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5216 DEFHOOK
5217 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5218 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5219 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5221 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5222 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5223 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5225 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5226 DEFHOOK
5227 (lra_p,
5228 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
5230 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\
5231 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5232 bool, (void),
5233 default_lra_p)
5235 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5236 DEFHOOK
5237 (register_priority,
5238 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
5239 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
5240 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
5241 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
5242 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
5243 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
5244 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
5245 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
5247 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5248 int, (int),
5249 default_register_priority)
5251 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5252 DEFHOOK
5253 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5254 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
5255 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
5256 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
5257 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
5258 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5259 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
5260 optimizations.\
5262 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5263 bool, (void),
5264 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5266 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5267 DEFHOOK
5268 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5269 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5270 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
5271 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5272 the insn.\
5274 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5275 bool, (void),
5276 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5278 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5279 instead of memory. */
5280 DEFHOOK
5281 (spill_class,
5282 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5283 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
5284 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5285 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5286 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5287 NULL)
5289 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5290 DEFHOOK
5291 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5292 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\
5293 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\
5294 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\
5295 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\
5296 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\
5297 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5298 bool, (reg_class_t),
5299 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5301 DEFHOOK
5302 (cstore_mode,
5303 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5304 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5305 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
5306 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
5307 patterns.",
5308 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5309 default_cstore_mode)
5311 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5312 classes to use. */
5313 DEFHOOK
5314 (compute_pressure_classes,
5315 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\
5316 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\
5317 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\
5318 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5319 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5321 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5322 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5323 DEFHOOK
5324 (member_type_forces_blk,
5325 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5326 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5328 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5329 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5330 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5331 retain the field's mode.\n\
5333 Normally, this is not needed.",
5334 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5335 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5337 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5338 that gate the divod transform. */
5339 DEFHOOK
5340 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5341 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5342 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5343 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5344 NULL)
5346 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5347 DEFHOOK
5348 (secondary_reload,
5349 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5350 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5351 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5352 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5353 term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5354 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5355 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5356 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5357 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5358 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5359 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5360 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5362 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5363 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5364 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5365 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5366 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5367 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5368 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5369 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5370 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5371 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5373 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5375 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5376 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5377 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5378 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5379 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5381 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5382 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5383 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5384 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5385 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5386 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5388 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5389 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5390 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5391 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5392 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5394 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5395 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5396 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5397 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5398 single-register-class\n\
5399 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5400 output constraint.\n\
5402 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5403 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5404 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5405 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5407 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5408 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5409 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5410 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5411 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5412 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5413 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5414 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5417 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5418 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5419 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5420 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5422 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5423 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5424 to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5426 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5427 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5428 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5429 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5430 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5431 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5432 reg_class_t,
5433 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5434 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5435 default_secondary_reload)
5437 DEFHOOK
5438 (secondary_memory_needed,
5439 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5440 to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\
5441 those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5442 of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5443 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5444 location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\
5445 false for all inputs.",
5446 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5447 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5449 DEFHOOK
5450 (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5451 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5452 when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5453 this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5455 The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\
5456 is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5457 a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5458 that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5459 registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5460 floating-point registers.\n\
5462 However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5463 the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5464 differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\
5465 widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5466 suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.c} for\n\
5467 details.\n\
5469 With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5470 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5471 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5473 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5474 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5475 DEFHOOK
5476 (preferred_reload_class,
5477 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5478 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5479 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5480 another, smaller class.\n\
5482 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5484 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5485 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5486 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5487 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5488 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5490 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5491 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5492 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5493 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5494 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5495 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5496 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5497 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5498 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5499 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5500 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5502 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5503 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5504 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5505 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5506 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5507 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5508 reg_class_t,
5509 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5510 default_preferred_reload_class)
5512 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5513 input reloads. */
5514 DEFHOOK
5515 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5516 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5517 input reloads.\n\
5519 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5520 argument.\n\
5522 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5523 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5524 reg_class_t,
5525 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5526 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5528 DEFHOOK
5529 (select_early_remat_modes,
5530 "On some targets, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a\n\
5531 standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.\n\
5532 The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively\n\
5533 recomputing values after calls, so that they don't need to be spilled.\n\
5535 This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits\n\
5536 in @var{modes}. The default implementation selects no modes, which has\n\
5537 the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.",
5538 void, (sbitmap modes),
5539 default_select_early_remat_modes)
5541 DEFHOOK
5542 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5543 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5544 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5545 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5547 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5548 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5549 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5550 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5551 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5553 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5554 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5555 pressure.",
5556 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5557 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5559 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5560 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5561 DEFHOOK
5562 (class_max_nregs,
5563 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5564 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5566 This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5567 In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5568 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5569 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5570 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5572 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5573 in the reload pass.\n\
5575 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5576 in words.",
5577 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5578 default_class_max_nregs)
5580 DEFHOOK
5581 (preferred_rename_class,
5582 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5583 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
5584 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5585 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5586 is not implemented.\
5587 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5588 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5589 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5590 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5591 be reduced.",
5592 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5593 default_preferred_rename_class)
5595 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5596 during register allocation. */
5597 DEFHOOK
5598 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5599 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5600 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5601 register allocation.\n\
5602 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5603 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5604 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5605 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5606 bool, (rtx subst),
5607 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5609 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5610 displacement addressing. */
5611 DEFHOOK
5612 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5613 "This hook tries to split address offset @var{orig_offset} into\n\
5614 two parts: one that should be added to the base address to create\n\
5615 a local anchor point, and an additional offset that can be applied\n\
5616 to the anchor to address a value of mode @var{mode}. The idea is that\n\
5617 the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.\n\
5619 The hook returns true if it succeeds, storing the offset of the\n\
5620 anchor from the base in @var{offset1} and the offset of the final address\n\
5621 from the anchor in @var{offset2}. The default implementation returns false.",
5622 bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode),
5623 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5625 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5626 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5627 DEFHOOK
5628 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5629 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5630 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5631 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5632 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5633 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5634 usage.",
5635 void, (void),
5636 hook_void_void)
5638 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5639 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5640 but will be later. */
5641 DEFHOOK
5642 (instantiate_decls,
5643 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5644 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5645 void, (void),
5646 hook_void_void)
5648 DEFHOOK
5649 (hard_regno_nregs,
5650 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5651 at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5652 @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5653 cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5654 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5655 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5657 The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5658 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5659 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5661 DEFHOOK
5662 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5663 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5664 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5665 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5666 unconditionally.\n\
5668 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5669 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5671 @cindex register pairs\n\
5672 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5673 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5674 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5676 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5677 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5678 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5679 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5681 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5682 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5683 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5684 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5685 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5686 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5687 modes to be tieable.\n\
5689 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5690 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5691 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5692 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5693 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5694 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5696 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5697 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
5698 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5699 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
5700 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5701 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5702 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5703 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5704 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5706 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5707 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5708 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
5709 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5710 constraints for those instructions.\n\
5712 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5713 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5714 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
5715 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5716 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
5717 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5718 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5720 DEFHOOK
5721 (modes_tieable_p,
5722 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5723 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5725 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5726 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5727 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5728 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5729 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5730 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
5731 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
5733 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
5734 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
5735 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
5736 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5737 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5739 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5740 in peephole2. */
5741 DEFHOOK
5742 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
5743 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5744 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5746 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5747 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5749 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
5750 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5751 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5753 DEFHOOK
5754 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
5755 "This hook should return true if @var{regno} is partly call-saved and\n\
5756 partly call-clobbered, and if a value of mode @var{mode} would be partly\n\
5757 clobbered by a call. For example, if the low 32 bits of @var{regno} are\n\
5758 preserved across a call but higher bits are clobbered, this hook should\n\
5759 return true for a 64-bit mode but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
5761 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
5762 for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
5763 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5764 hook_bool_uint_mode_false)
5766 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5767 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5768 DEFHOOK
5769 (case_values_threshold,
5770 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5771 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5772 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5773 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
5774 unsigned int, (void),
5775 default_case_values_threshold)
5777 DEFHOOK
5778 (starting_frame_offset,
5779 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
5780 variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
5781 offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
5782 offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\
5783 implementation returns 0.",
5784 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
5785 hook_hwi_void_0)
5787 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
5788 DEFHOOK
5789 (compute_frame_layout,
5790 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
5791 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
5792 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
5793 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
5794 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
5795 this callback is optional.",
5796 void, (void),
5797 hook_void_void)
5799 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
5800 DEFHOOK
5801 (frame_pointer_required,
5802 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5803 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
5804 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5806 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5807 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5808 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5809 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5810 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5811 pointer.\n\
5813 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5814 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
5815 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
5816 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
5817 them.\n\
5819 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
5820 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
5821 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
5823 Default return value is @code{false}.",
5824 bool, (void),
5825 hook_bool_void_false)
5827 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
5828 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
5829 DEFHOOK
5830 (can_eliminate,
5831 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
5832 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
5833 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
5834 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
5835 knows about.\n\
5837 Default return value is @code{true}.",
5838 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
5839 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
5841 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
5842 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
5843 target. */
5844 DEFHOOK
5845 (conditional_register_usage,
5846 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
5847 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
5848 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
5849 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
5850 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
5851 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
5852 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
5853 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
5854 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
5855 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
5856 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
5857 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
5858 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
5859 command options have been applied.\n\
5861 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
5862 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
5863 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
5864 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
5865 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
5866 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
5867 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
5868 that shouldn't be used.\n\
5870 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
5871 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
5872 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
5873 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5874 void, (void),
5875 hook_void_void)
5877 DEFHOOK
5878 (stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range,
5879 "Some targets have an ABI defined interval for which no probing needs to be done.\n\
5880 When a probe does need to be done this same interval is used as the probe distance \
5881 up when doing stack clash protection for alloca.\n\
5882 On such targets this value can be set to override the default probing up interval.\n\
5883 Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe range is required or zero otherwise. \
5884 Defining this hook also requires your functions which make use of alloca to have at least 8 byes\
5885 of outgoing arguments. If this is not the case the stack will be corrupted.\n\
5886 You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
5887 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
5888 default_stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range)
5891 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
5892 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5893 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
5894 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
5896 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5897 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5898 (mode_for_suffix,
5899 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
5900 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
5901 machine_mode, (char c),
5902 default_mode_for_suffix)
5904 DEFHOOK
5905 (excess_precision,
5906 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\
5907 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\
5908 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\
5909 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\
5910 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}. For\
5911 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\
5912 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\
5913 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\
5914 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\
5915 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\
5916 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\
5917 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\
5918 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\
5919 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\
5920 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\
5921 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
5922 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
5923 default_excess_precision)
5925 HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
5927 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
5928 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5929 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
5930 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
5932 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
5933 DEFHOOK
5934 (guard_type,
5935 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
5936 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
5937 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
5938 tree, (void),
5939 default_cxx_guard_type)
5941 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
5942 DEFHOOK
5943 (guard_mask_bit,
5944 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
5945 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
5946 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
5947 bool, (void),
5948 hook_bool_void_false)
5950 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
5951 DEFHOOK
5952 (get_cookie_size,
5953 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
5954 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
5955 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
5956 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
5957 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
5958 tree, (tree type),
5959 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
5961 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
5962 DEFHOOK
5963 (cookie_has_size,
5964 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
5965 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
5966 bool, (void),
5967 hook_bool_void_false)
5969 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
5970 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
5971 DEFHOOK
5972 (import_export_class,
5973 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
5974 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
5975 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
5976 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
5977 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
5978 backend's targeted operating system.",
5979 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
5981 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
5982 DEFHOOK
5983 (cdtor_returns_this,
5984 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
5985 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
5986 @code{false}.",
5987 bool, (void),
5988 hook_bool_void_false)
5990 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
5991 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
5992 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
5993 DEFHOOK
5994 (key_method_may_be_inline,
5995 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
5996 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
5997 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
5998 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
5999 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
6000 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
6001 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
6002 bool, (void),
6003 hook_bool_void_true)
6005 DEFHOOK
6006 (determine_class_data_visibility,
6007 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
6008 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
6009 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
6010 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
6011 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
6012 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
6013 void, (tree decl),
6014 hook_void_tree)
6016 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
6017 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
6018 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
6019 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
6020 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
6021 DEFHOOK
6022 (class_data_always_comdat,
6023 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
6024 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
6025 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
6026 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
6027 unit will not be COMDAT.",
6028 bool, (void),
6029 hook_bool_void_true)
6031 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
6032 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
6033 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
6034 DEFHOOK
6035 (library_rtti_comdat,
6036 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
6037 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
6038 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
6039 bool, (void),
6040 hook_bool_void_true)
6042 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
6043 destructors. */
6044 DEFHOOK
6045 (use_aeabi_atexit,
6046 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
6047 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
6048 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
6049 bool, (void),
6050 hook_bool_void_false)
6052 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
6053 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
6054 DEFHOOK
6055 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
6056 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
6057 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
6058 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
6059 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
6060 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
6061 bool, (void),
6062 hook_bool_void_false)
6064 DEFHOOK
6065 (adjust_class_at_definition,
6066 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
6067 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
6068 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
6069 void, (tree type),
6070 hook_void_tree)
6072 DEFHOOK
6073 (decl_mangling_context,
6074 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
6075 tree, (const_tree decl),
6076 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
6078 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
6080 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
6081 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6082 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
6083 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
6085 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
6086 DEFHOOKPOD
6087 (get_address,
6088 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
6089 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
6090 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
6091 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6093 DEFHOOKPOD
6094 (register_common,
6095 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6096 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6097 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6098 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
6099 registration function to be used.",
6100 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6102 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6103 DEFHOOKPOD
6104 (var_section,
6105 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6106 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6107 any section.",
6108 const char *, NULL)
6110 DEFHOOKPOD
6111 (tmpl_section,
6112 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6113 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6114 section.",
6115 const char *, NULL)
6117 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6118 DEFHOOKPOD
6119 (var_prefix,
6120 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6121 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6122 const char *, NULL)
6124 DEFHOOKPOD
6125 (tmpl_prefix,
6126 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
6127 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6128 const char *, NULL)
6130 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
6131 DEFHOOK
6132 (var_fields,
6133 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6134 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6135 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6136 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
6137 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
6138 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6139 default_emutls_var_fields)
6141 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6142 DEFHOOK
6143 (var_init,
6144 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6145 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6146 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6147 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
6148 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6149 default_emutls_var_init)
6151 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6152 proxy variable. */
6153 DEFHOOKPOD
6154 (var_align_fixed,
6155 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6156 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6157 single objects. The default is false.",
6158 bool, false)
6160 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6161 DEFHOOKPOD
6162 (debug_form_tls_address,
6163 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6164 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6165 bool, false)
6167 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6169 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6170 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6171 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6173 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6174 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6175 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
6176 DEFHOOK
6177 (valid_attribute_p,
6178 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6179 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6180 These function-specific options may differ\n\
6181 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
6182 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6184 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6185 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6186 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6187 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6188 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6190 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6191 DEFHOOK
6192 (save,
6193 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6194 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6195 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6196 @xref{Option file format}.",
6197 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
6199 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6200 structure. */
6201 DEFHOOK
6202 (restore,
6203 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6204 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6205 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6206 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6208 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6209 streamed in. */
6210 DEFHOOK
6211 (post_stream_in,
6212 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6213 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6214 LTO bytecode.",
6215 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6217 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6218 structure. */
6219 DEFHOOK
6220 (print,
6221 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6222 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6223 function-specific options.",
6224 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6226 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6227 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6228 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6229 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
6230 DEFHOOK
6231 (pragma_parse,
6232 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6233 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6234 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6235 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6236 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6237 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6239 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
6240 DEFHOOK
6241 (override,
6242 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6243 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
6244 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6245 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6247 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6248 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6250 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6251 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6252 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6253 void, (void),
6254 hook_void_void)
6256 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6257 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6258 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6259 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6260 DEFHOOK
6261 (function_versions,
6262 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6263 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6264 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6265 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6266 different target machines.",
6267 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6268 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6270 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6271 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6272 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6273 DEFHOOK
6274 (can_inline_p,
6275 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6276 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6277 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6278 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6279 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6280 default_target_can_inline_p)
6282 DEFHOOK
6283 (relayout_function,
6284 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
6285 void, (tree fndecl),
6286 hook_void_tree)
6288 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6290 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6291 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6292 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6293 DEFHOOK
6294 (extra_live_on_entry,
6295 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6296 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6297 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6298 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6299 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6300 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6301 void, (bitmap regs),
6302 hook_void_bitmap)
6304 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6305 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6306 definition. */
6307 DEFHOOKPOD
6308 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6309 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6310 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6311 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6312 linker (e.g.@: stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6313 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6314 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6315 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6316 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6317 bool,
6318 false)
6320 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6321 DEFHOOK
6322 (set_up_by_prologue,
6323 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
6324 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6325 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6326 NULL)
6328 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6329 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6330 function attribute. */
6331 DEFHOOK
6332 (warn_func_return,
6333 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6334 bool, (tree),
6335 hook_bool_tree_true)
6337 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6338 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6339 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6341 DEFHOOK
6342 (get_separate_components,
6343 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6344 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6345 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6346 shrink-wrapping.\n\
6347 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6348 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6349 sbitmap, (void),
6350 NULL)
6352 DEFHOOK
6353 (components_for_bb,
6354 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6355 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6356 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6357 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6358 NULL)
6360 DEFHOOK
6361 (disqualify_components,
6362 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6363 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6364 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6365 epilogue instead.",
6366 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6367 NULL)
6369 DEFHOOK
6370 (emit_prologue_components,
6371 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6372 void, (sbitmap),
6373 NULL)
6375 DEFHOOK
6376 (emit_epilogue_components,
6377 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6378 void, (sbitmap),
6379 NULL)
6381 DEFHOOK
6382 (set_handled_components,
6383 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6384 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6385 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6386 will be deleted after this call.",
6387 void, (sbitmap),
6388 NULL)
6390 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6391 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6392 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6394 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6395 DEFHOOK
6396 (debug_unwind_info,
6397 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6398 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6399 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6400 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6402 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6403 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6405 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6406 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6407 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6408 default_debug_unwind_info)
6410 DEFHOOK
6411 (reset_location_view, "\
6412 This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\
6413 uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\
6414 length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\
6415 cannot be taken for granted.\n\
6417 If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\
6418 the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\
6419 safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\
6420 definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\
6421 be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\
6423 If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\
6424 @code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.",
6425 int, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
6427 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6428 defined at this time. */
6429 DEFHOOK
6430 (canonicalize_comparison,
6431 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6432 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6433 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6434 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6436 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6437 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6438 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6439 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6440 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6441 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6442 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6444 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6445 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6446 @file{md} file.\n\
6448 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6449 comparison code or operands.",
6450 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6451 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6453 DEFHOOK
6454 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6455 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6456 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6457 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6459 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6460 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6461 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6463 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6464 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6465 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6467 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6468 defined to 1.",
6469 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6471 DEFHOOKPOD
6472 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6473 "This value should be set if the result written by\
6474 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e.@: the\
6475 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6476 unsigned char, 1)
6478 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6479 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6480 as needed. */
6481 DEFHOOK
6482 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6483 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
6484 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
6485 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
6486 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6487 hook_uint_mode_0)
6489 DEFHOOK
6490 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6491 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
6492 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
6493 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
6494 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
6495 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
6496 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
6497 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
6498 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
6499 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
6500 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
6501 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
6502 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
6503 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
6504 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
6505 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6506 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6507 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6509 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6511 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6512 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6513 DEFHOOKPOD
6514 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6515 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6516 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6517 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6518 bool, false)
6520 /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6521 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6522 DEFHOOKPOD
6523 (have_ctors_dtors,
6524 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6525 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6526 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6527 bool, false)
6529 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6530 DEFHOOKPOD
6531 (have_tls,
6532 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6533 The default value is false.",
6534 bool, false)
6536 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6537 DEFHOOKPOD
6538 (have_srodata_section,
6539 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6540 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6541 bool, false)
6543 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6544 DEFHOOKPOD
6545 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6546 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6547 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6548 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6549 true otherwise.",
6550 bool, true)
6552 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6553 DEFHOOKPOD
6554 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6555 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6556 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6557 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6558 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6559 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6560 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6561 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6563 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6564 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6565 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6566 bool, false)
6568 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6569 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6570 DEFHOOKPOD
6571 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6572 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6573 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6574 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6575 this to be done. The default is false.",
6576 bool, false)
6578 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6579 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6580 DEFHOOKPOD
6581 (arm_eabi_unwinder,
6582 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6583 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6584 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6585 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6586 bool, false)
6588 DEFHOOKPOD
6589 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6590 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6591 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6592 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6593 bool, false)
6595 DEFHOOKPOD
6596 (delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6597 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6598 bool, false)
6600 DEFHOOKPOD
6601 (delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6602 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6603 bool, false)
6605 DEFHOOKPOD
6606 (no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6607 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6608 targets.",
6609 bool, false)
6611 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6613 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
6614 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6615 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6616 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6618 DEFHOOK
6619 (emit,
6620 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6621 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6623 DEFHOOK
6624 (needed,
6625 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6626 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6628 DEFHOOK
6629 (after,
6630 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6631 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6633 DEFHOOK
6634 (entry,
6635 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6636 int, (int entity), NULL)
6638 DEFHOOK
6639 (exit,
6640 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6641 int, (int entity), NULL)
6643 DEFHOOK
6644 (priority,
6645 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6646 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6648 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6650 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6651 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6653 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6654 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6655 #include "target-insns.def"
6656 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6658 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6659 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6660 #include "target-insns.def"
6661 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6663 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6664 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6665 #include "target-insns.def"
6666 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6668 DEFHOOK
6669 (run_target_selftests,
6670 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
6671 void, (void),
6672 NULL)
6674 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
6675 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)